1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
140 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
144 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
217 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
230 const char *dw_fde_end;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
232 unsigned funcdef_number;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
234 unsigned nothrow : 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
262 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
263 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
264 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
266 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
267 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
268 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
269 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
271 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
275 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
276 information for each routine. */
277 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
279 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
280 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
282 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
283 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
285 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
287 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
289 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
290 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
292 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
293 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
294 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
295 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
296 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
297 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
300 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
303 unsigned int refcount;
308 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
310 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
311 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
313 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
315 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
317 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
318 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
319 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
320 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
321 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
322 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref,
324 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
325 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
327 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
328 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
329 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
330 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
331 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
332 static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
333 static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
334 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
335 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
337 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
338 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
339 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
340 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
341 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
342 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
343 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *,
346 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
347 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
348 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
351 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
352 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
353 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
355 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
356 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
359 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
360 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
363 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
364 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
367 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
368 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
369 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
370 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
371 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
372 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
373 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
374 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
375 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
376 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
377 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
379 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
380 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
382 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
384 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
386 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
390 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
391 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
392 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
393 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
396 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
397 for the current function. */
398 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
399 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
402 /* Hook used by __throw. */
405 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
407 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
410 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
411 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
417 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
422 while (*s && *s != ',')
429 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
432 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
436 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
437 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
438 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
440 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
441 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
443 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
444 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
449 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
453 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
456 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
461 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
462 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
464 return "DW_CFA_offset";
466 return "DW_CFA_restore";
470 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
471 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
472 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
474 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
475 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
476 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
477 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
478 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
479 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
480 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
481 case DW_CFA_undefined:
482 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
483 case DW_CFA_same_value:
484 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
485 case DW_CFA_register:
486 return "DW_CFA_register";
487 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
488 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
489 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
490 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
492 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
493 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
494 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
495 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
496 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
499 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
500 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
501 case DW_CFA_expression:
502 return "DW_CFA_expression";
503 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
504 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
505 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
506 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
508 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
510 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
511 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
512 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
515 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
516 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
517 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
518 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
519 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
520 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
523 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
527 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
529 static inline dw_cfi_ref
532 dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
534 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
535 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
536 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
541 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
544 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
545 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
550 /* Find the end of the chain. */
551 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
557 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
560 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
562 static char label[20];
564 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
565 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
569 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
570 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
573 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
579 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
582 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
584 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
585 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
589 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
591 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
593 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
594 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
595 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
598 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
602 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
605 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
608 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
610 dw_cfa_location *loc;
612 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
614 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
615 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
617 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
618 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
621 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
622 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
624 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
625 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
632 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
636 dw_cfa_location *loc;
640 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
643 loc->base_offset = 0;
645 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
646 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
648 if (fde_table_in_use)
650 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
651 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
652 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
656 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
657 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
659 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
661 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
663 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
664 static long args_size;
666 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
667 static long old_args_size;
669 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
670 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
671 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
674 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
684 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
687 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
688 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
691 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
693 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
696 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
701 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
702 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
704 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
705 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
707 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
708 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
709 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
710 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
715 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
717 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
718 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
720 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
721 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
724 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
725 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
728 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
729 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
730 offset has not changed. */
731 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
732 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
736 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
738 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
739 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
740 the specified offset. */
741 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
742 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
743 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
747 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
748 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
749 register-offset pair is available. */
750 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
752 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
753 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
754 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
757 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
760 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
761 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
762 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
763 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
766 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
772 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
774 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
776 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
777 the value isn't a register number. */
778 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
781 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
783 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
785 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
787 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
789 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
790 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
791 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
793 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
795 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
799 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
801 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
803 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
805 else if (sreg == reg)
806 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
810 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
811 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
814 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
817 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
818 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
819 from the previous frame's window save area.
821 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
822 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
825 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
828 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
830 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
831 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
834 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
835 pushed onto the stack. */
838 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
844 if (size == old_args_size)
847 old_args_size = size;
850 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
851 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
852 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
855 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
856 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
859 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
864 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
867 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
868 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
871 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
875 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
878 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
879 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
882 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
886 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
889 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
890 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
893 initial_return_save (rtl)
896 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
897 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
899 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
902 /* RA is in a register. */
903 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
907 /* RA is on the stack. */
909 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
912 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
918 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
920 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
924 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
926 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
936 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
937 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
938 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
939 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
941 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
948 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
951 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
955 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
958 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
959 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
960 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
963 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
965 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
966 code = GET_CODE (src);
967 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
968 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
969 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
972 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
976 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
978 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
979 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
980 code = GET_CODE (src);
986 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
988 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
989 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
990 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
991 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
993 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1000 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1002 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1009 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1011 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1026 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1027 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1028 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1031 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
1034 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1038 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1040 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1041 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1042 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1043 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1044 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1045 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1046 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1049 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1053 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1054 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1055 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1058 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1060 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1061 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1062 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1063 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1064 offset = -args_size;
1069 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1070 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1071 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1072 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1074 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1076 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1077 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1078 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1086 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1087 cfa.offset += offset;
1089 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1093 args_size += offset;
1097 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1098 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1099 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1104 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1105 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1106 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1108 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1110 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1115 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1117 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1118 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1121 queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1126 struct queued_reg_save *q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1128 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1130 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1131 queued_reg_saves = q;
1133 last_reg_save_label = label;
1137 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1139 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1141 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = next)
1143 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1147 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1148 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1152 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
1155 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1157 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1158 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1165 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1166 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1167 value, not an offset. */
1168 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1170 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1171 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1172 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1175 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1176 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1177 users need not read the source code.
1179 The High-Level Picture
1181 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1182 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1183 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1184 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1185 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1187 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1188 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1189 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1190 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1191 saves. This also seems to work.
1193 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1194 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1195 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1196 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1198 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1199 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1200 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1201 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1203 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1205 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1206 consists of a register and an offset.
1207 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1208 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1209 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1210 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1211 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1212 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1213 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1215 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1216 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1217 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1220 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1221 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1222 and cfa_temp.offset.
1224 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1227 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1228 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1229 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1233 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1234 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1237 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1238 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1239 cfa.offset unchanged
1240 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1241 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1244 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1245 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1246 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1247 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1248 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1249 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1252 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1253 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1254 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1257 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1258 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1260 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1261 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1262 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1265 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1266 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1268 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1269 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1272 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1273 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1274 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1277 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1279 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1282 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1286 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1287 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1288 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1291 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1292 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1293 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1295 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1298 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1299 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1300 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1302 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1305 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1308 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1309 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1312 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1313 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1314 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1317 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1318 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1319 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1320 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1323 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1328 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1330 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1331 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1332 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1333 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1334 flag is set in them. */
1335 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1338 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1340 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1341 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1342 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1344 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1349 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1352 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1353 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1355 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1359 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1360 relative to the current CFA register. */
1361 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1363 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1365 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1371 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1372 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1373 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1374 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1375 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1376 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1377 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1383 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1387 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1390 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1393 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1395 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1401 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1403 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1404 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1406 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1408 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1409 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1411 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1414 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1416 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1417 cfa.offset += offset;
1418 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1419 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1421 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1424 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1425 or adjusting the FP */
1426 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1429 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1430 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1431 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1433 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1434 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1436 cfa.offset += offset;
1437 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1444 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1448 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1449 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1450 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1452 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1453 into the FP later on. */
1454 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1455 cfa.offset += offset;
1456 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1457 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1458 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1459 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1463 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1464 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1465 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1467 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1468 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1469 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1471 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1472 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1476 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1477 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1479 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1480 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1489 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1490 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1495 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1496 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1497 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1500 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1501 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1502 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1505 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1506 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1515 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1519 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1522 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1524 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1529 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1530 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1532 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1534 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1535 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1538 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1540 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1542 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1548 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1549 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1552 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1553 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1556 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1557 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1558 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1560 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1564 /* With an offset. */
1568 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1570 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1571 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1574 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1575 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1576 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1577 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1583 /* Without an offset. */
1585 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1586 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1587 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1588 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1595 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1597 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1598 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1605 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1606 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1607 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1609 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1611 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1613 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1614 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1616 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1617 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1622 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1623 calculate the CFA. */
1624 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1626 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1628 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1631 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1632 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1634 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1639 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1640 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1648 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1649 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1650 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1653 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1659 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1661 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1662 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1664 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1666 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1669 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1672 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1676 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1677 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1679 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1681 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1682 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1687 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1688 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1690 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1692 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1694 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1699 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1700 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1701 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi));
1703 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1704 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi)
1705 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi;
1710 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1711 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1713 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1714 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1715 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1716 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1717 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1718 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1721 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1722 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1723 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1724 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1725 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1726 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1727 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1728 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1729 case DW_CFA_register:
1730 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1732 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1733 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1735 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1737 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1738 case DW_CFA_expression:
1739 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1746 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1747 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1748 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi));
1750 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1751 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi)
1752 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi;
1756 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1757 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1759 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1760 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1761 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1763 case DW_CFA_register:
1764 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1767 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1771 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1773 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1776 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
1781 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1783 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1784 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1785 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1786 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1789 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1790 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1791 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1792 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1794 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1796 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1797 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1798 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1802 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1804 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1806 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1808 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1809 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1810 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1813 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1814 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1817 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1818 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1819 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1820 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1823 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1824 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1825 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1826 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1829 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1830 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1831 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1832 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1835 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1836 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1837 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1838 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1841 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1842 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1843 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1848 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1849 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1850 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1852 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1855 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1856 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1857 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1858 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1859 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1863 case DW_CFA_register:
1864 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1866 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1870 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1871 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1872 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1879 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1883 case DW_CFA_expression:
1884 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1887 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1888 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1897 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1898 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1899 location of saved registers. */
1902 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1908 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1909 int any_lsda_needed = 0;
1910 char augmentation[6];
1911 int augmentation_size;
1912 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1913 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1914 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1916 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1917 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
1920 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1921 EH unwind information. */
1924 int any_eh_needed = flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1926 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1927 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1928 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
1929 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1932 if (! any_eh_needed)
1936 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1941 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1943 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1945 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1946 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1948 /* Output the CIE. */
1949 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1950 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1951 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1952 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1953 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1955 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1956 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1957 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1958 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1959 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1963 augmentation[0] = 0;
1964 augmentation_size = 0;
1970 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1971 augmentation section.
1972 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1973 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1974 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1976 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1977 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1979 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1980 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1981 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1983 p = augmentation + 1;
1984 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1987 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
1989 if (any_lsda_needed)
1992 augmentation_size += 1;
1994 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1997 augmentation_size += 1;
1999 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2001 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2005 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2006 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2008 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2010 + 1 /* CIE version */
2011 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2012 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2013 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2015 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2016 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2017 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2019 augmentation_size += pad;
2021 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2022 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2023 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
2028 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2029 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2030 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2031 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2034 if (augmentation[0])
2036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2037 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2040 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2041 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2042 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2045 if (any_lsda_needed)
2046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2047 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2049 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2051 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2054 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2055 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2057 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2058 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2059 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2062 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2063 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2065 fde = &fde_table[i];
2067 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2068 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && for_eh
2069 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2070 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2073 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2074 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2075 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2076 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2078 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2081 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2083 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2088 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2089 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
2090 "FDE initial location");
2091 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2092 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2093 "FDE address range");
2097 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2098 "FDE initial location");
2099 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2100 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2101 "FDE address range");
2104 if (augmentation[0])
2106 if (any_lsda_needed)
2108 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2110 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2112 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2113 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2114 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2115 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2116 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2119 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
2123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2125 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2127 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2128 fde->funcdef_number);
2129 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2130 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2131 "Language Specific Data Area");
2135 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2136 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2138 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2139 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2143 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2146 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2148 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2149 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2150 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2152 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2153 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2154 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2155 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2158 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2159 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2160 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2161 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2162 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2163 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2166 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2171 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2175 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line, file)
2176 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2177 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2179 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2182 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2184 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2185 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2186 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2188 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2189 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2192 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2196 function_section (current_function_decl);
2197 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2198 current_function_funcdef_no);
2199 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2200 current_function_funcdef_no);
2201 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2203 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2204 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2205 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2209 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2210 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2212 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2213 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2214 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2215 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2216 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2219 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2220 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2222 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2223 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2224 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2225 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2226 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2227 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2228 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2229 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2230 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2231 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2233 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2235 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2236 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2239 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2243 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2244 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2248 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line, file)
2249 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2250 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2253 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2255 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2257 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2258 current_function_funcdef_no);
2259 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2260 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2261 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2265 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2267 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2268 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2269 * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2270 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2271 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2273 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2274 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2276 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2277 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2278 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2279 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2284 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2286 /* Output call frame information. */
2287 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2288 output_call_frame_info (0);
2290 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2291 output_call_frame_info (1);
2295 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2296 for emitting location expressions. */
2298 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2299 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2300 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2303 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2304 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2305 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2306 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2308 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2309 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2310 implementation are listed below. */
2315 dw_val_class_offset,
2317 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2318 dw_val_class_range_list,
2320 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2321 dw_val_class_long_long,
2324 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2325 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2326 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2327 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2331 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2332 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2334 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2341 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2343 typedef struct dw_fp_struct GTY(())
2345 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2350 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2351 represented internally. */
2353 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2355 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2356 union dw_val_struct_union
2358 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2359 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2360 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2361 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2362 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int;
2363 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2364 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2365 dw_float_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float;
2366 struct dw_val_die_union
2370 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2371 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2372 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2373 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2374 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2376 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2380 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2383 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2385 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2386 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2387 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2388 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2393 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2394 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2395 their entire life. */
2396 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2398 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2399 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2400 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2401 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2402 Only on head of list */
2403 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2404 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2407 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2409 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2410 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2413 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2415 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2416 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2417 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2418 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2420 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2423 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2429 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2430 return "DW_OP_addr";
2432 return "DW_OP_deref";
2434 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2436 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2438 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2440 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2442 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2444 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2446 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2448 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2450 return "DW_OP_constu";
2452 return "DW_OP_consts";
2456 return "DW_OP_drop";
2458 return "DW_OP_over";
2460 return "DW_OP_pick";
2462 return "DW_OP_swap";
2466 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2474 return "DW_OP_minus";
2486 return "DW_OP_plus";
2487 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2488 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2494 return "DW_OP_shra";
2512 return "DW_OP_skip";
2514 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2516 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2518 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2578 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2580 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2582 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2642 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2644 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2646 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2706 return "DW_OP_regx";
2708 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2710 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2712 return "DW_OP_piece";
2713 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2714 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2715 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2716 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2719 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2720 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2722 return "DW_OP_call2";
2724 return "DW_OP_call4";
2725 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2726 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2727 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2728 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2730 return "OP_<unknown>";
2734 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2735 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2736 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2738 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2739 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2740 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2741 unsigned long oprnd1;
2742 unsigned long oprnd2;
2744 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2745 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2747 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2748 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2749 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2750 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2751 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2757 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2760 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2761 dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2762 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2766 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2767 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2773 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2775 static unsigned long
2776 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2777 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2779 unsigned long size = 1;
2781 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2784 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2785 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2804 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2807 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2812 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2813 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2851 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2854 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2857 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2860 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2861 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2864 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2866 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2867 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2876 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2877 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2886 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2888 static unsigned long
2890 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2894 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2896 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2897 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2903 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2906 output_loc_operands (loc)
2907 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2909 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2910 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2912 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2914 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2916 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2920 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2924 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2928 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2930 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2937 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2938 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2942 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2955 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2956 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2957 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2958 only doing unwinding. */
2963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2966 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2969 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2974 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2975 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3009 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3012 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3015 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3019 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3022 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3024 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3025 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3026 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3029 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3030 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3031 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3033 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3040 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3045 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3048 output_loc_sequence (loc)
3049 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3051 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3053 /* Output the opcode. */
3054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3055 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3057 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3058 output_loc_operands (loc);
3062 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3063 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3066 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
3069 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3072 /* Output the size of the block. */
3073 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3074 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3075 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3077 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3078 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3081 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3082 a dw_cfa_location. */
3084 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3086 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
3088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3090 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
3093 if (cfa->base_offset)
3096 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3098 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3100 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3101 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3103 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3105 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3106 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3107 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3108 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3110 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3111 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3117 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3118 descriptor sequence. */
3121 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
3122 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
3123 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
3125 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3127 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3131 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3133 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3169 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3172 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3206 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3207 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3210 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3211 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3216 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3217 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3220 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3221 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3225 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3227 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3228 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3230 /* .debug_str support. */
3231 static int output_indirect_string PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3233 static void dwarf2out_init PARAMS ((const char *));
3234 static void dwarf2out_finish PARAMS ((const char *));
3235 static void dwarf2out_define PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3236 static void dwarf2out_undef PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3237 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3238 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned));
3239 static void dwarf2out_begin_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3240 static void dwarf2out_end_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3241 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block PARAMS ((tree));
3242 static void dwarf2out_global_decl PARAMS ((tree));
3243 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function PARAMS ((tree));
3245 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3247 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3253 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3254 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3255 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3256 dwarf2out_end_block,
3257 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3258 dwarf2out_source_line,
3259 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3260 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3261 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3262 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3263 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3264 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3265 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3266 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3267 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3268 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3269 something tries to reference them. */
3270 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3271 debug_nothing_rtx /* label */
3275 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3276 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3277 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3279 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3280 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3281 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3282 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3284 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3285 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3287 typedef long int dw_offset;
3289 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3291 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3292 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3293 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3294 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3295 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3297 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3298 line number associated with the label generated for that
3299 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3300 the line number entry. */
3302 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3304 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3305 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3309 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3311 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3313 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3314 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3315 unsigned long function;
3317 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3319 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3320 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3321 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3323 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3325 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3326 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3327 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3331 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3333 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3335 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3337 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3338 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3339 dw_die_ref die_child;
3341 dw_offset die_offset;
3342 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3347 /* The pubname structure */
3349 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3356 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3361 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3362 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3366 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3370 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3371 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3372 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3375 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3376 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3378 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3379 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3380 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3381 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3382 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3383 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3385 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3386 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3387 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3388 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3389 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3390 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3391 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3392 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3393 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3394 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3396 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3397 language, and compiler version. */
3399 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3400 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3402 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3403 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3405 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3406 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3407 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3408 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3410 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3411 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3412 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3413 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3414 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3416 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3417 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3418 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3419 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3421 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3425 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3426 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3427 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3429 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3430 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3432 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3433 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3435 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3436 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3437 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3438 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3439 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3441 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3442 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3443 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3444 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3447 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3448 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3450 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3451 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3453 static int is_main_source;
3456 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3457 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3459 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3460 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3461 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3463 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3464 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3465 number identifying each decl. */
3466 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3468 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3469 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3471 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3472 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3473 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3476 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3478 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3480 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3481 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3482 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3483 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3484 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3486 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3487 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3489 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3490 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3491 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3494 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3495 abbrev_die_table. */
3496 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3498 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3499 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3500 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3501 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3503 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3504 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3506 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3507 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3508 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3511 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3512 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3513 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3514 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3516 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3517 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3519 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3520 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3521 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3524 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3526 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3528 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3529 accessible names. */
3530 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3532 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3533 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3535 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3536 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3537 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3540 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3542 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3544 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3545 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3547 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3548 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3550 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3551 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3552 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3555 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3557 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3559 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3560 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3562 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3563 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3565 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3566 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3567 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3569 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3571 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3573 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3574 static unsigned have_location_lists;
3576 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3577 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3579 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3580 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3583 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3585 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3587 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3588 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3589 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3590 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3591 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3592 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3594 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3596 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3597 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3598 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3599 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3600 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3601 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3602 enum dwarf_attribute,
3604 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3605 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3606 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3607 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3608 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3609 enum dwarf_attribute,
3611 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3612 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3613 enum dwarf_attribute,
3616 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3617 enum dwarf_attribute,
3619 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash PARAMS ((const void *));
3620 static int debug_str_eq PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3621 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3622 enum dwarf_attribute,
3624 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3625 static int AT_string_form PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3626 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3627 enum dwarf_attribute,
3629 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3630 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3631 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
3632 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3633 enum dwarf_attribute,
3635 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3636 enum dwarf_attribute,
3638 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3639 static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3640 enum dwarf_attribute,
3642 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3643 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3644 enum dwarf_attribute,
3646 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3647 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3648 enum dwarf_attribute,
3650 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3651 enum dwarf_attribute,
3653 static void add_AT_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3654 enum dwarf_attribute,
3656 static void add_AT_range_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3657 enum dwarf_attribute,
3659 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3660 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3661 enum dwarf_attribute));
3662 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3663 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3664 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3665 enum dwarf_attribute));
3666 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3667 enum dwarf_attribute));
3668 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3669 enum dwarf_attribute));
3670 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3671 enum dwarf_attribute));
3672 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3673 static int is_cxx PARAMS ((void));
3674 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3675 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3676 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3677 enum dwarf_attribute));
3678 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3679 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3680 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3681 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref,
3683 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3684 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3685 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3686 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3687 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3688 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3689 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3690 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3691 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3692 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3693 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3694 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3696 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref,
3699 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3702 static int same_loc_p PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3703 dw_loc_descr_ref, int *));
3704 static int same_dw_val_p PARAMS ((dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *,
3706 static int same_attr_p PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *));
3707 static int same_die_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *));
3708 static int same_die_p_wrap PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3709 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3710 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3711 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3712 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3713 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3714 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3715 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash PARAMS ((const void *));
3716 static int htab_cu_eq PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3717 static void htab_cu_del PARAMS ((void *));
3718 static int check_duplicate_cu PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *));
3719 static void record_comdat_symbol_number PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned));
3720 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3721 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3722 static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3723 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3724 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3725 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3726 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3727 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3728 static void unmark_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3729 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3730 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3731 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3732 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3733 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3734 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3735 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3736 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3737 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, int));
3738 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3739 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3740 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3741 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3742 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3743 static unsigned int add_ranges PARAMS ((tree));
3744 static void output_ranges PARAMS ((void));
3745 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3746 static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
3747 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3748 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3749 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3750 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3751 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3752 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3753 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3754 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3755 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3756 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3757 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3758 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3759 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3760 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3761 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3762 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3763 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3764 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3765 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3766 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3767 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3768 enum dwarf_attribute,
3770 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3771 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3772 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3773 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3774 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3775 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3776 static void add_comp_dir_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3777 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3778 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3779 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3780 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3781 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3782 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3783 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3784 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3785 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3786 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3787 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3788 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3789 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3790 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3791 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3792 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3793 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3795 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3796 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3798 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3800 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3801 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3803 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3805 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3806 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3807 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3808 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3809 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3810 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3811 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3812 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3813 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3814 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3815 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3816 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3817 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3818 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3819 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3820 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3821 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3822 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3823 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3824 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3825 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3826 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3827 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3828 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3829 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3830 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3831 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3832 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3833 static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
3834 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3835 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3836 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3837 static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3838 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3839 const char *, const char *,
3840 const char *, unsigned));
3841 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
3843 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3844 static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
3845 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
3847 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3848 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3849 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3851 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3852 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3854 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3855 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3857 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3858 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3860 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3861 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3863 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3864 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3866 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3867 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3869 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3870 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3872 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3873 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3876 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3877 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3878 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3881 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3882 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3883 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3884 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3886 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3889 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3890 the section names themselves. */
3892 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3893 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3895 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3896 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3898 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3899 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3901 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3902 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3904 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3905 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3907 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3908 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3910 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3911 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3914 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3915 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3916 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3917 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3918 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3920 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3921 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3922 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3923 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3924 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3925 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3926 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3927 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3929 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3930 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3932 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3933 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3935 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3936 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3938 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3939 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3941 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3942 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3945 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3946 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3948 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3951 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3952 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3954 demangle_name_func = func;
3957 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3963 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3964 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3965 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3968 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3972 type_main_variant (type)
3975 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3977 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3978 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3979 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3980 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3982 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3983 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3984 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3989 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3992 is_tagged_type (type)
3995 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3997 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3998 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4001 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4004 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
4009 case DW_TAG_padding:
4010 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4011 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4012 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4013 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4014 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4015 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4016 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4017 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4018 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4019 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4020 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4021 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4022 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4024 return "DW_TAG_label";
4025 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4026 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4028 return "DW_TAG_member";
4029 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4030 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4031 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4032 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4033 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4034 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4035 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4036 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4037 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4038 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4039 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4040 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4041 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4042 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4043 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4044 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4045 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4046 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4047 case DW_TAG_variant:
4048 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4049 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4050 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4051 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4052 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4053 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4054 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4055 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4056 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4058 return "DW_TAG_module";
4059 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4060 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4061 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4062 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4063 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4064 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4065 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4066 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4067 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4068 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4069 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4070 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4071 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4072 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4073 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4074 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4075 case DW_TAG_constant:
4076 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4077 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4078 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4079 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4080 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4082 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4083 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4084 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4085 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4086 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4087 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4088 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4089 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4090 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4091 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4092 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4093 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4094 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4095 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4096 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4097 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4098 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4099 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4100 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4101 case DW_TAG_variable:
4102 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4103 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4104 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4105 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4106 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4107 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4108 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4109 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4110 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4111 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4112 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4113 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4114 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4115 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4116 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4118 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4122 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4125 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
4131 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4132 case DW_AT_location:
4133 return "DW_AT_location";
4135 return "DW_AT_name";
4136 case DW_AT_ordering:
4137 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4138 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4139 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4140 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4141 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4142 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4143 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4144 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4145 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4146 case DW_AT_element_list:
4147 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4148 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4149 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4151 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4153 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4154 case DW_AT_language:
4155 return "DW_AT_language";
4157 return "DW_AT_member";
4159 return "DW_AT_discr";
4160 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4161 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4162 case DW_AT_visibility:
4163 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4165 return "DW_AT_import";
4166 case DW_AT_string_length:
4167 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4168 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4169 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4170 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4171 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4172 case DW_AT_const_value:
4173 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4174 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4175 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4176 case DW_AT_default_value:
4177 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4179 return "DW_AT_inline";
4180 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4181 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4182 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4183 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4184 case DW_AT_producer:
4185 return "DW_AT_producer";
4186 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4187 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4188 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4189 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4190 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4191 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4192 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4193 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4194 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4195 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4196 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4197 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4198 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4199 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4200 case DW_AT_address_class:
4201 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4202 case DW_AT_artificial:
4203 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4204 case DW_AT_base_types:
4205 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4206 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4207 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4209 return "DW_AT_count";
4210 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4211 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4212 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4213 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4214 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4215 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4216 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4217 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4218 case DW_AT_declaration:
4219 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4220 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4221 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4222 case DW_AT_encoding:
4223 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4224 case DW_AT_external:
4225 return "DW_AT_external";
4226 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4227 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4229 return "DW_AT_friend";
4230 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4231 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4232 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4233 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4234 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4235 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4236 case DW_AT_priority:
4237 return "DW_AT_priority";
4239 return "DW_AT_segment";
4240 case DW_AT_specification:
4241 return "DW_AT_specification";
4242 case DW_AT_static_link:
4243 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4245 return "DW_AT_type";
4246 case DW_AT_use_location:
4247 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4248 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4249 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4250 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4251 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4252 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4253 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4255 case DW_AT_allocated:
4256 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4257 case DW_AT_associated:
4258 return "DW_AT_associated";
4259 case DW_AT_data_location:
4260 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4262 return "DW_AT_stride";
4263 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4264 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4265 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4266 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4267 case DW_AT_extension:
4268 return "DW_AT_extension";
4270 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4271 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4272 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4273 case DW_AT_call_column:
4274 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4275 case DW_AT_call_file:
4276 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4277 case DW_AT_call_line:
4278 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4280 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4281 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4282 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4283 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4284 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4285 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4286 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4287 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4288 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4289 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4290 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4291 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4292 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4293 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4294 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4295 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4296 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4297 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4298 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4299 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4300 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4301 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4303 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4304 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4305 case DW_AT_src_info:
4306 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4307 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4308 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4309 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4310 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4311 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4312 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4313 case DW_AT_body_end:
4314 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4315 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4316 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4318 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4319 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4322 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4326 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4329 dwarf_form_name (form)
4335 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4336 case DW_FORM_block2:
4337 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4338 case DW_FORM_block4:
4339 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4341 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4343 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4345 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4346 case DW_FORM_string:
4347 return "DW_FORM_string";
4349 return "DW_FORM_block";
4350 case DW_FORM_block1:
4351 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4353 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4355 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4357 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4359 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4361 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4362 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4363 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4365 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4367 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4369 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4371 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4372 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4373 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4374 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4375 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4377 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4381 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4385 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4390 case DW_ATE_address:
4391 return "DW_ATE_address";
4392 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4393 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4394 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4395 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4397 return "DW_ATE_float";
4399 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4400 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4401 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4402 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4403 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4404 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4405 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4407 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4412 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4413 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4414 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4415 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4419 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4422 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4423 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4424 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4425 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4428 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4429 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4430 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4431 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4435 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4438 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4439 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4440 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4441 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4445 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4448 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4450 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4451 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4452 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4453 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4456 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4461 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4465 ret_val = lookahead;
4466 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4467 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4469 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4475 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4476 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4480 decl_class_context (decl)
4483 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4485 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4486 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4488 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4489 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4491 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4492 context = NULL_TREE;
4497 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4498 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4501 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4505 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4507 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4508 die->die_attr = attr;
4512 static inline enum dw_val_class
4516 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4519 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4522 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4524 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4527 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4529 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4530 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4531 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4532 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4533 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4536 static inline unsigned
4540 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4541 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4546 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4549 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4551 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4554 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4556 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4557 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4558 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4559 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4560 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4563 static inline long int
4567 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4568 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4573 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4576 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4578 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4579 unsigned long unsigned_val;
4581 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4583 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4584 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4585 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4586 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4587 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4590 static inline unsigned long
4594 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4595 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4600 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4603 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4605 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4606 unsigned long val_hi;
4607 unsigned long val_low;
4609 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4611 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4612 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4613 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4614 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4615 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4616 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4619 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4622 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4624 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4628 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4630 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4631 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4632 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4633 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4634 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4635 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4638 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4641 debug_str_do_hash (x)
4644 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4648 debug_str_eq (x1, x2)
4652 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4653 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4656 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4659 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4661 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4664 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4665 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4668 if (! debug_str_hash)
4669 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4670 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4672 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4673 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4675 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4676 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4677 node->str = ggc_alloc_string (str, -1);
4680 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4681 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4682 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4683 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4684 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4687 static inline const char *
4691 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4692 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4697 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4698 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4704 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4706 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4710 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4714 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4716 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4717 always better to put it inline. */
4718 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4719 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4721 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4722 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4724 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4725 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4726 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4728 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4729 ++dw2_string_counter;
4730 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4732 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4738 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4741 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4743 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4744 dw_die_ref targ_die;
4746 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4748 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4749 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4750 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4751 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4752 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4753 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4756 static inline dw_die_ref
4760 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4761 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4770 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4771 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4777 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4781 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4782 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4787 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4790 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4792 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4795 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4797 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4798 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4799 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4800 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4801 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4804 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4807 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4809 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4810 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4812 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4814 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4815 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4816 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4817 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4818 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4821 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4825 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4826 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4832 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
4834 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4835 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
4837 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4839 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4840 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4841 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4842 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4843 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4844 have_location_lists = 1;
4847 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4851 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4852 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4857 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4860 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4862 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4865 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4867 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4868 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4869 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4870 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4871 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4878 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4879 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4884 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4887 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4889 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4892 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4894 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4895 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4896 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4897 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4898 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4901 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4904 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4906 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4909 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4911 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4912 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4913 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4914 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4915 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4918 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4921 add_AT_offset (die, attr_kind, offset)
4923 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4924 unsigned long offset;
4926 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4928 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4929 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4930 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4931 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4932 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4935 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4938 add_AT_range_list (die, attr_kind, offset)
4940 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4941 unsigned long offset;
4943 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4945 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4946 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4947 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4948 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4949 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4952 static inline const char *
4956 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4957 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4958 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4963 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4965 static inline dw_attr_ref
4966 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4968 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4971 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4975 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4976 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4978 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4979 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4983 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4989 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4990 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4991 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4993 static inline const char *
4997 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4999 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5002 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5003 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5004 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5006 static inline const char *
5010 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5012 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5015 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5016 NULL if it is not present. */
5018 static inline const char *
5019 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
5021 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5023 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5025 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5028 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5029 if it is not present. */
5032 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
5034 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5036 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5038 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5041 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5042 if it is not present. */
5044 static inline unsigned
5045 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
5047 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5049 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5051 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5054 static inline dw_die_ref
5055 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
5057 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5059 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5061 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5067 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5069 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5070 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5076 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5077 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5083 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5085 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
5091 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5093 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
5096 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5098 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
5103 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5104 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5105 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5108 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5111 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
5113 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5116 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5120 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5121 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5124 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5133 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5139 remove_children (die);
5142 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5145 remove_children (die)
5148 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5150 die->die_child = NULL;
5152 while (child_die != NULL)
5154 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5157 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5159 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5161 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5163 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5171 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5172 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5175 add_child_die (die, child_die)
5177 dw_die_ref child_die;
5179 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5181 if (die == child_die)
5184 child_die->die_parent = die;
5185 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5186 die->die_child = child_die;
5190 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5191 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5194 splice_child_die (parent, child)
5195 dw_die_ref parent, child;
5199 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5200 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5201 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5203 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5209 if (child->die_parent != parent
5210 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5213 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5216 *p = child->die_sib;
5220 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5221 parent->die_child = child;
5224 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5226 static inline dw_die_ref
5227 new_die (tag_value, parent_die, t)
5228 enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
5229 dw_die_ref parent_die;
5232 dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5234 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5236 if (parent_die != NULL)
5237 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5240 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5242 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5243 limbo_node->die = die;
5244 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5245 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5246 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5252 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5254 static inline dw_die_ref
5255 lookup_type_die (type)
5258 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5261 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5264 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
5266 dw_die_ref type_die;
5268 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5271 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5273 static inline dw_die_ref
5274 lookup_decl_die (decl)
5277 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5279 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
5282 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5285 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
5287 dw_die_ref decl_die;
5289 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5290 unsigned int num_allocated;
5292 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
5295 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
5296 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
5297 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5299 decl_die_table = ggc_realloc (decl_die_table,
5300 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
5302 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
5303 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5304 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
5307 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
5308 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
5310 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
5313 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5314 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5315 the DIE internal representation. */
5316 static int print_indent;
5318 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5321 print_spaces (outfile)
5324 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5327 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5328 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5331 print_die (die, outfile)
5338 print_spaces (outfile);
5339 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5340 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5341 print_spaces (outfile);
5342 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5343 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5345 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5347 print_spaces (outfile);
5348 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5350 switch (AT_class (a))
5352 case dw_val_class_addr:
5353 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5355 case dw_val_class_offset:
5356 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5358 case dw_val_class_loc:
5359 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5361 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5362 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5363 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5365 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5366 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5368 case dw_val_class_const:
5369 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
5371 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5372 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
5374 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5375 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5376 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5377 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5379 case dw_val_class_float:
5380 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5382 case dw_val_class_flag:
5383 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5385 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5386 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5388 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5389 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5391 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5394 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5396 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5397 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5398 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5400 case dw_val_class_str:
5401 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5402 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5404 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5410 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5413 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5416 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5417 print_die (c, outfile);
5421 if (print_indent == 0)
5422 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5425 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5426 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5429 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
5433 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5435 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5436 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5438 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5439 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5440 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5441 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5442 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5443 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5446 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5449 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5452 debug_dwarf_die (die)
5455 print_die (die, stderr);
5458 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5459 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5465 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5466 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5467 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5470 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5471 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5472 they are in order of addition. */
5475 reverse_die_lists (die)
5478 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5479 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5481 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5483 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5484 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5490 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5497 die->die_child = cp;
5500 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5501 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5502 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5503 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5504 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5507 reverse_all_dies (die)
5512 reverse_die_lists (die);
5514 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5515 reverse_all_dies (c);
5518 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5519 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5520 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5523 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5524 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5526 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5527 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5529 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5533 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5536 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5537 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5539 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5541 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5545 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5546 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5548 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5551 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5552 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5553 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5555 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5556 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5557 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5560 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5563 attr_checksum (at, ctx, mark)
5565 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5568 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5571 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5573 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5574 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5575 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5576 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5577 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5580 switch (AT_class (at))
5582 case dw_val_class_const:
5583 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5585 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5586 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5588 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5589 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5591 case dw_val_class_float:
5592 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5594 case dw_val_class_flag:
5595 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5597 case dw_val_class_str:
5598 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5601 case dw_val_class_addr:
5603 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5606 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5614 case dw_val_class_offset:
5615 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5618 case dw_val_class_loc:
5619 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5620 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5623 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5624 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5627 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5628 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5629 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5637 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5640 die_checksum (die, ctx, mark)
5642 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5648 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5651 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5654 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5656 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5658 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5659 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5661 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5662 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5666 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5668 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5670 same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark)
5671 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1;
5672 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2;
5675 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5676 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5677 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5680 /* Do the values look the same? */
5682 same_dw_val_p (v1, v2, mark)
5687 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5691 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5694 switch (v1->val_class)
5696 case dw_val_class_const:
5697 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5698 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5699 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5700 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5701 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5702 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5703 case dw_val_class_float:
5704 if (v1->v.val_float.length != v2->v.val_float.length)
5706 for (i = 0; i < v1->v.val_float.length; i++)
5707 if (v1->v.val_float.array[i] != v2->v.val_float.array[i])
5710 case dw_val_class_flag:
5711 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5712 case dw_val_class_str:
5713 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5715 case dw_val_class_addr:
5716 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5717 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5718 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5720 switch (GET_CODE (r1))
5723 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5729 case dw_val_class_offset:
5730 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5732 case dw_val_class_loc:
5733 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5735 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5736 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5738 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5740 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5741 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5743 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5744 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5745 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5753 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5756 same_attr_p (at1, at2, mark)
5761 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5764 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5765 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5766 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5767 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5768 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5771 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5774 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5777 same_die_p (die1, die2, mark)
5785 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5787 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5788 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5790 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5793 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5795 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5796 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5801 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5803 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5804 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5812 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5815 same_die_p_wrap (die1, die2)
5820 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5822 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5823 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5828 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5830 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5832 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5833 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5835 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5836 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5839 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5840 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5842 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5843 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5844 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5847 unsigned char checksum[16];
5850 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5851 the name filename of the unit. */
5853 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5855 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5856 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5857 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5859 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5860 clean_symbol_name (name);
5862 p = name + strlen (name);
5863 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5865 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5869 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5870 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5873 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5879 switch (die->die_tag)
5881 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5882 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5883 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5884 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5885 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5886 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5887 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5888 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5889 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5890 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5891 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5892 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5893 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5894 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5895 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5896 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5897 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5898 case DW_TAG_typedef:
5905 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5906 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5907 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5908 compilations (functions). */
5914 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5915 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5916 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5917 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5919 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5922 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5923 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5924 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5925 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5927 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5929 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5932 return is_type_die (c);
5935 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5936 compilation unit. */
5942 return (is_type_die (c)
5943 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5944 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5948 gen_internal_sym (prefix)
5952 static int label_num;
5954 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5955 return xstrdup (buf);
5958 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5961 assign_symbol_names (die)
5966 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5968 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5970 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5972 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5973 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5974 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5977 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5980 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5981 assign_symbol_names (c);
5984 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5987 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
5988 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
5991 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5996 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
5998 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6002 htab_cu_eq (of1, of2)
6006 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6007 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6009 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6016 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6026 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6029 check_duplicate_cu (cu, htable, sym_num)
6034 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6035 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6037 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6039 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6040 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6044 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6046 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6052 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6056 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6058 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6059 entry->next = *slot;
6065 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6067 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu, htable, sym_num)
6072 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6074 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6075 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6079 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6082 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6083 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6084 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6087 break_out_includes (die)
6091 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6092 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6093 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6095 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6097 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6099 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6100 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6102 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6105 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6107 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6110 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6112 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6116 add_child_die (unit, c);
6120 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6121 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6127 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6128 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6133 assign_symbol_names (die);
6134 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6135 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6141 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6142 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6143 &comdat_symbol_number);
6144 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6146 *pnode = node->next;
6149 pnode = &node->next;
6150 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6151 comdat_symbol_number);
6154 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6157 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6158 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6159 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6162 add_sibling_attributes (die)
6167 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6168 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6169 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6170 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6172 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6173 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6176 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6179 output_location_lists (die)
6185 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6186 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6187 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6189 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6190 output_location_lists (c);
6194 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6195 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6196 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6197 die are visited recursively. */
6200 build_abbrev_table (die)
6203 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6204 unsigned int n_alloc;
6206 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6208 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6209 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6210 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6211 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6212 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6214 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
6217 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6220 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6222 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6224 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6226 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6228 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6229 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6231 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6233 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6234 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6237 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6238 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6241 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6247 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6249 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6251 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6252 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6253 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6255 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6256 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6257 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6260 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6261 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6264 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6265 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6266 build_abbrev_table (c);
6269 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6272 constant_size (value)
6273 long unsigned value;
6280 log = floor_log2 (value);
6283 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6288 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6289 .debug_info section. */
6291 static unsigned long
6295 unsigned long size = 0;
6298 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6299 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6301 switch (AT_class (a))
6303 case dw_val_class_addr:
6304 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6306 case dw_val_class_offset:
6307 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6309 case dw_val_class_loc:
6311 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6314 size += constant_size (lsize);
6318 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6319 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6321 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6322 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6324 case dw_val_class_const:
6325 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6327 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6328 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6330 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6331 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6333 case dw_val_class_float:
6334 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
6336 case dw_val_class_flag:
6339 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6340 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6342 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6343 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6345 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6346 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6348 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6349 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6351 case dw_val_class_str:
6352 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6353 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6355 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6365 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6366 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6367 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6368 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6371 calc_die_sizes (die)
6376 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6377 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6379 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6382 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6383 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6384 next_die_offset += 1;
6387 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6388 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6389 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6390 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6402 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6406 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6418 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6422 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6425 unmark_all_dies (die)
6435 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6436 unmark_all_dies (c);
6438 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6439 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6440 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6443 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6444 compilation unit. */
6446 static unsigned long
6452 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6453 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6455 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6456 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6459 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6463 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6465 static unsigned long
6470 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6472 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6473 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6474 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6476 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6477 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6481 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6483 static enum dwarf_form
6487 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6489 case dw_val_class_addr:
6490 return DW_FORM_addr;
6491 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6492 case dw_val_class_offset:
6493 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6494 return DW_FORM_data4;
6495 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6496 return DW_FORM_data8;
6498 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6499 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6500 .debug_loc section */
6501 return DW_FORM_data4;
6502 case dw_val_class_loc:
6503 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6506 return DW_FORM_block1;
6508 return DW_FORM_block2;
6512 case dw_val_class_const:
6513 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6514 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6515 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6518 return DW_FORM_data1;
6520 return DW_FORM_data2;
6522 return DW_FORM_data4;
6524 return DW_FORM_data8;
6528 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6529 return DW_FORM_block1;
6530 case dw_val_class_float:
6531 return DW_FORM_block1;
6532 case dw_val_class_flag:
6533 return DW_FORM_flag;
6534 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6535 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6536 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6539 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6540 return DW_FORM_data;
6541 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6542 return DW_FORM_addr;
6543 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6544 return DW_FORM_data;
6545 case dw_val_class_str:
6546 return AT_string_form (a);
6553 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6556 output_value_format (a)
6559 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6561 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6564 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6568 output_abbrev_section ()
6570 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6574 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6576 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6578 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6579 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6580 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6582 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6583 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6585 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6587 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6588 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6590 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6591 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6592 output_value_format (a_attr);
6595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6596 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6599 /* Terminate the table. */
6600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6603 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6606 output_die_symbol (die)
6609 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6614 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6615 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6616 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6618 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, sym);
6620 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6623 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6624 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6625 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6627 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6628 new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
6629 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
6632 const char *section;
6635 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6637 retlist->begin = begin;
6639 retlist->expr = expr;
6640 retlist->section = section;
6642 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6647 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6650 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
6651 dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
6652 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
6655 const char *section;
6659 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6660 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6663 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6664 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6667 /* Output the location list given to us */
6670 output_loc_list (list_head)
6671 dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
6673 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6675 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6677 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6678 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6679 in more than one section. */
6680 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6682 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6683 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
6684 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6685 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6686 "Location list base address specifier base");
6689 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6693 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6694 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6695 list_head->ll_symbol);
6696 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6697 "Location list end address (%s)",
6698 list_head->ll_symbol);
6699 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6701 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6704 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6706 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6709 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6710 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6711 list_head->ll_symbol);
6712 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6713 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6714 list_head->ll_symbol);
6717 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6718 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6728 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6729 them to point to. */
6730 if (die->die_symbol)
6731 output_die_symbol (die);
6733 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6734 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6736 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6738 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6740 switch (AT_class (a))
6742 case dw_val_class_addr:
6743 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6746 case dw_val_class_offset:
6747 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6751 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6753 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6755 sprintf (p, "+0x%lx", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6756 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6762 case dw_val_class_loc:
6763 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6765 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6766 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6768 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6771 case dw_val_class_const:
6772 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6773 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6774 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6775 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6778 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6779 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6780 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6783 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6785 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6787 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6788 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6791 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6793 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6794 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6798 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6799 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6802 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6803 first, "long long constant");
6804 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6809 case dw_val_class_float:
6813 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6816 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; i++)
6817 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6818 "fp constant word %u", i);
6822 case dw_val_class_flag:
6823 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6826 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6828 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6832 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6833 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6837 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6838 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6840 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6844 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6846 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6849 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6853 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6857 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6858 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6859 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6863 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6864 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6867 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6868 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6871 case dw_val_class_str:
6872 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6873 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6874 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6875 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6877 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6885 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6888 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6889 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6890 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6894 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6895 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6898 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6900 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6901 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6902 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6903 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6904 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6905 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6908 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6911 output_comp_unit (die, output_if_empty)
6913 int output_if_empty;
6915 const char *secname;
6918 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6919 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
6922 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6923 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6924 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6925 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6926 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6929 build_abbrev_table (die);
6931 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6932 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6933 calc_die_sizes (die);
6935 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
6938 tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
6940 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
6942 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6945 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6947 /* Output debugging information. */
6948 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6949 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6952 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6957 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
6961 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6962 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6963 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6966 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6970 return (*lang_hooks.decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6973 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6976 add_pubname (decl, die)
6982 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6985 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6987 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6989 = (pubname_ref) ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
6990 (pubname_table_allocated
6991 * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
6992 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
6993 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6996 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6998 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7001 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7002 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7003 visible procedures. */
7009 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7011 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7012 "Length of Public Names Info");
7013 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7014 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7015 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7016 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7017 "Compilation Unit Length");
7019 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7021 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7023 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7024 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
7027 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7030 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7033 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7036 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7039 add_arange (decl, die)
7043 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7046 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7048 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7049 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7050 (arange_table_allocated
7051 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7052 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7053 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7056 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7059 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7060 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7061 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7067 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7069 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7070 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7071 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7072 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7073 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7075 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7077 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7078 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7080 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7082 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7083 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7084 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7085 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7088 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7089 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7090 text_section_label, "Length");
7092 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7094 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7096 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7097 if (die->die_mark == 0)
7100 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7102 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7104 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7105 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7109 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7110 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7111 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7112 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7113 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7115 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
7119 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
7122 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7123 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7124 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7125 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7130 /* Output the terminator words. */
7131 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7132 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7135 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7142 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7144 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7146 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7147 ranges_table = (dw_ranges_ref)
7148 ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7149 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7150 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7151 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7154 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7155 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7157 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7164 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7165 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7167 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7169 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7173 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7174 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7176 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7177 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7179 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7180 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7181 base of the text section. */
7182 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7184 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7186 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7187 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7188 text_section_label, NULL);
7191 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7192 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7193 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7194 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7197 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7198 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7199 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7206 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7207 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7213 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7216 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7217 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7218 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7219 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7220 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7223 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7227 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7228 int length; /* Path length. */
7229 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7230 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7231 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7232 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7235 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7236 the directories in the path. */
7239 file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
7243 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7244 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7248 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7249 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7250 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7251 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7252 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7253 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7254 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7256 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7257 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7263 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7264 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7265 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7266 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7267 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7269 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7270 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7275 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7276 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7277 slowdowns with many input files. */
7280 output_file_names ()
7282 struct file_info *files;
7283 struct dir_info *dirs;
7292 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7293 files = (struct file_info *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table)
7294 * sizeof (struct file_info));
7295 dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table)
7296 * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7298 /* Sort the file names. */
7299 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7303 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7304 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7305 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7308 /* Create a new array entry. */
7310 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7311 files[i].file_idx = i;
7313 /* Search for the file name part. */
7314 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7315 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7318 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7319 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7321 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7322 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7323 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7324 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7326 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7328 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7331 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7332 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7333 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7334 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7336 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7337 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7338 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7344 /* This is a new directory. */
7345 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7346 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7347 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7348 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7349 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7350 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7352 /* Search for a prefix. */
7353 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7354 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7355 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7356 && dirs[j].length > 1
7357 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7358 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7359 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7360 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7365 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7366 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7367 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7368 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7369 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7370 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7371 saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7372 savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7374 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7375 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7380 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7381 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7382 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7383 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7385 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7388 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7390 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7395 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7400 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7401 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7403 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7404 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7409 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7411 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7413 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7414 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7415 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7417 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7418 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7420 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7421 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7426 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7427 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7428 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7429 backmap = (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7430 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7432 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7434 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7435 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7438 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7439 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7440 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7441 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7442 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7444 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7445 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7446 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7448 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7449 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7450 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7453 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7455 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7457 if (idx_offset == 0)
7460 /* Now write all the file names. */
7461 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7463 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7464 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7466 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7467 "File Entry: 0x%x", i);
7469 /* Include directory index. */
7470 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7472 /* Modification time. */
7473 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7475 /* File length in bytes. */
7476 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7479 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7483 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7484 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7489 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7490 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7491 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7494 unsigned long lt_index;
7495 unsigned long current_line;
7498 unsigned long current_file;
7499 unsigned long function;
7501 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7502 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7503 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7504 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7506 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7507 "Length of Source Line Info");
7508 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7510 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7511 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7512 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7514 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7515 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7516 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7517 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7518 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7519 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7520 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7521 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7522 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7523 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7525 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7526 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7527 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7528 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7530 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7532 "Special Opcode Base");
7534 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7538 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7539 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7540 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7541 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7542 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7550 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7554 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7555 output_file_names ();
7556 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7558 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7559 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7560 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7562 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7563 a series of state machine operations. */
7566 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7567 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7569 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7572 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7573 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7576 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7577 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7578 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7579 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7580 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7584 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7586 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7587 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7588 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7589 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7590 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7591 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7593 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7596 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7598 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7599 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7603 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7604 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7606 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7608 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7611 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7613 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7614 different from the previous line. */
7615 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7617 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7619 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7620 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7624 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7625 that uses the least amount of space. */
7626 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7628 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7629 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7630 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7631 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7632 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7633 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7636 "line %lu", current_line);
7639 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7640 depending on the value being encoded. */
7641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7642 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7643 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7644 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7648 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7649 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7652 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7656 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7657 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7661 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7662 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7663 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7664 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7668 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7674 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7676 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7677 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7680 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7681 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7682 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7683 && line_info->function == function)
7687 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7688 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7689 to handle it differently. */
7690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7692 if (function != line_info->function)
7694 function = line_info->function;
7696 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7698 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7699 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7700 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7704 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7707 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7708 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7709 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7713 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7714 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7716 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7720 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7722 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7723 different from the previous line. */
7724 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7726 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7728 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7729 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7733 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7734 that uses the least amount of space. */
7735 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7737 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7738 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7739 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7740 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7742 "line %lu", current_line);
7745 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7746 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7747 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7748 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7760 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7761 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7762 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7767 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7768 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7771 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7772 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7773 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7778 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7780 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7783 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7785 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7790 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7791 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7794 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7795 a DIE that describes the given type.
7797 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7798 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7801 base_type_die (type)
7804 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7805 const char *type_name;
7806 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7807 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7809 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7814 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7815 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7817 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7820 type_name = "__unknown__";
7822 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7825 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7826 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7827 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7829 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7830 && (type == char_type_node
7831 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7832 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7834 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7835 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7837 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7840 /* else fall through. */
7843 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7844 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7845 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7847 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7851 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7854 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7855 a user defined type for it. */
7857 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7858 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7860 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7864 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7865 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7869 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7873 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7874 if (demangle_name_func)
7875 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7877 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7878 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7879 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7880 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7882 return base_type_result;
7885 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7886 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7887 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7888 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7889 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7890 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7891 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7892 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7898 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7899 return error_mark_node;
7901 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7904 return error_mark_node;
7907 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7908 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7911 return type_main_variant (type);
7915 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7916 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7922 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7937 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7942 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7956 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7957 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7958 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7959 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7962 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7963 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
7967 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7968 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7969 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
7971 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
7972 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
7974 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7977 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7978 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7981 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
7984 int is_volatile_type;
7985 dw_die_ref context_die;
7987 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7988 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7989 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7990 tree item_type = NULL;
7992 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7994 tree qualified_type;
7996 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7999 = get_qualified_type (type,
8000 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8002 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8004 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8007 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8009 return mod_type_die;
8012 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8013 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8014 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8015 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8017 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8018 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8020 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8022 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8023 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8024 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8026 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8027 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8028 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8029 type to which it refers. */
8031 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8032 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8035 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8041 else if (is_const_type)
8043 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8044 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8046 else if (is_volatile_type)
8048 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8049 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8051 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8053 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8054 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8055 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8057 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8059 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8061 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8063 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8064 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8065 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8067 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8069 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8071 else if (is_base_type (type))
8072 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8075 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8077 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8078 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8079 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8080 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8081 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8083 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8084 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8086 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8087 not the main variant. */
8088 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8089 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
8093 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8094 type = qualified_type;
8098 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8100 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8101 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8102 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8103 types are possible in Ada. */
8104 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8105 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8106 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8109 if (sub_die != NULL)
8110 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8112 return mod_type_die;
8115 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8116 an enumerated type. */
8122 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8125 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8131 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8133 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8136 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8139 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8140 zero if there is no such. */
8142 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8143 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
8146 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8149 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8152 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8154 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
8156 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
8161 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8163 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8164 int_loc_descriptor (i)
8167 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8169 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8170 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8174 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8177 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8179 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8189 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8191 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8192 || i >= -0x80000000)
8198 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8201 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8203 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8204 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
8208 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8209 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8210 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8212 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8213 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8214 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8217 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8219 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8221 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8226 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8232 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8233 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
8234 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8235 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8238 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8239 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8240 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8241 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8243 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8244 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8245 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8246 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8248 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8249 autoincrement addressing modes.
8251 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8253 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8254 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
8256 enum machine_mode mode;
8258 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8260 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8261 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8262 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8263 zeroth element of the array. */
8265 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
8266 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
8269 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8274 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8275 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8277 /* ... fall through ... */
8280 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8281 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8282 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8283 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8284 contains the given subreg. */
8285 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8287 /* ... fall through ... */
8290 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8291 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8292 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8293 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8294 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8295 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8296 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8297 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8298 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8299 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8300 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8301 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8302 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8303 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8304 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
8308 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8309 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8310 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8314 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8315 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8319 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8320 by a different symbol. */
8321 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8324 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8326 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8329 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8330 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8335 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8336 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8337 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8338 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8343 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8344 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8345 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8346 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8350 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8352 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8357 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8359 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8360 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8361 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8362 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8364 /* ... fall through ... */
8368 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8369 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8370 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8373 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8374 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8377 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8378 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8379 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8380 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8381 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8384 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8385 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8386 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8387 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8394 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8395 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8396 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8397 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8399 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8402 mem_loc_result = op0;
8403 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8404 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
8409 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8413 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8415 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
8416 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode);
8424 return mem_loc_result;
8427 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8428 This is typically a complex variable. */
8430 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8431 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
8434 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8435 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8436 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8438 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8441 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8442 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8443 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8444 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8446 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8447 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8448 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8449 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8451 return cc_loc_result;
8454 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8455 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8456 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8457 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8458 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8460 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8462 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8463 loc_descriptor (rtl)
8466 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8468 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8471 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8472 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8473 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8474 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8475 contains the given subreg. */
8476 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8478 /* ... fall through ... */
8481 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8485 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8489 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8499 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8500 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8501 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8502 descriptor, return 0. */
8504 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8505 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
8509 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8511 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8512 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8514 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8515 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8518 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8523 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
8524 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8525 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8526 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8527 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8528 the names of types. */
8535 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8536 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8537 for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
8538 TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
8539 || TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8540 || TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8541 || TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
8542 loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
8545 return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
8546 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
8550 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8554 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8555 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8559 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8560 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8561 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8564 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8565 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8568 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8570 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8571 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8574 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8575 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8576 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8578 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8579 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8588 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8590 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8592 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8594 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8595 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8596 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8601 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8603 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
8606 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8609 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8615 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8620 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8624 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8625 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8627 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8632 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8635 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8636 enum machine_mode mode;
8639 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8640 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8645 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8647 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8650 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8652 /* Variable offset. */
8653 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8654 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8660 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8662 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8663 else if (bytepos < 0)
8665 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8666 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8672 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8673 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8678 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8679 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
8684 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
8690 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
8695 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8703 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8716 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8720 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8721 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8723 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8727 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8728 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8729 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8739 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8746 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8753 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8760 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8775 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8776 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8777 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8780 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8781 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8784 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
8798 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8802 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8806 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8807 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8808 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8809 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8811 /* ... fall through ... */
8815 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8816 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8817 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8818 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8819 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8821 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8822 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8825 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8826 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8828 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8829 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8830 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8832 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8833 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8834 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8836 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8837 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8838 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8839 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8840 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8848 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8849 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
8852 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8853 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
8855 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8857 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
8859 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8862 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8864 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
8870 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8871 which is not less than the value itself. */
8873 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8874 ceiling (value, boundary)
8875 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
8876 unsigned int boundary;
8878 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8881 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8882 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8883 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8892 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8893 return integer_type_node;
8895 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8896 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8897 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8902 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8903 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8904 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8906 static inline unsigned
8907 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
8910 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8913 static inline unsigned
8914 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl)
8917 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8920 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8921 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8922 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8923 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8924 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8927 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8928 field_byte_offset (decl)
8931 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8932 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8933 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8934 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8936 tree field_size_tree;
8937 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8938 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8939 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8941 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8943 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8946 type = field_type (decl);
8947 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8949 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8950 a flexible array member. */
8951 if (! field_size_tree)
8952 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8954 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8955 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8956 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8957 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8960 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8962 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8963 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8964 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8966 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8968 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8969 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8970 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8972 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8973 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8974 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8975 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8976 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8977 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8978 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8979 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8981 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8983 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8984 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8985 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8986 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8987 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8988 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8989 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8990 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8991 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8992 bits of the bit-field itself.
8994 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8995 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8996 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8997 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8998 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8999 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9000 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9001 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9002 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9004 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9005 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9006 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9007 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9008 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9009 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9011 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9012 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9013 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9015 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9016 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9017 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9019 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9020 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9021 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9022 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9024 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9026 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9027 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9029 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9030 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9031 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9032 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9035 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9038 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9039 associated with them. */
9041 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9043 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9044 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9045 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9048 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, descr)
9050 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
9051 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9054 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9057 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9058 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9059 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9060 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9061 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9062 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9065 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9066 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9067 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9068 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9069 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9070 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9071 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9072 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9073 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9077 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
9082 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9084 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
9086 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9087 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
9089 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9090 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9091 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9092 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9094 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9096 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9098 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9100 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9101 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9102 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9104 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9105 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9106 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9108 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9109 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9113 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9114 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9115 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9116 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9118 /* Extract the offset. */
9119 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9120 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9122 /* Add it to the object address. */
9123 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9124 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9127 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9130 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9134 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9136 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9137 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9138 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9140 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9141 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9142 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9146 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9149 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9152 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9155 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9156 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9157 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9158 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9159 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9162 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
9166 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9169 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9170 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9171 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9172 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9173 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9175 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9177 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9178 if (val < 0 && (long) val == val)
9179 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
9180 else if ((unsigned long) val == (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
9181 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
9184 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9185 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9186 val >> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG, val);
9195 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9196 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9197 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9198 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9200 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9202 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9204 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
9205 long *array = (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length);
9208 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9212 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
9216 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
9221 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
9228 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
9232 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9233 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9236 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9237 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9243 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9249 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9250 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9254 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9255 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9256 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9257 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9258 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9259 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9260 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9261 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9262 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9263 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9264 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9268 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9275 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
9280 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9281 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9282 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9284 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9285 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9286 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9287 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9288 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9289 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9290 referenced within the function.
9292 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9293 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9294 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9295 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9297 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9298 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9299 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9300 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9301 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9302 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9304 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9305 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9306 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9307 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9308 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9309 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9310 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9311 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9312 output at debug-time.
9314 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9315 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9316 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9317 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9318 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9319 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9320 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9321 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9322 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9323 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9324 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9325 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9326 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9328 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9329 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9330 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9331 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9332 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9333 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9334 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9335 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9338 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9339 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9340 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9341 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9342 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9343 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9344 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9345 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9346 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9347 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9348 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9349 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9350 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9353 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9354 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9356 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9357 constants and symbols living in memory. */
9358 if (! reload_completed)
9361 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9362 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9363 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))))
9365 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
9366 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
9372 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9374 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9376 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9377 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
9379 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9380 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9381 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9382 if (declared_type == passed_type)
9383 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9384 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9385 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
9386 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
9387 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
9388 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9391 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9392 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9393 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9394 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9395 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9396 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9398 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9399 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9400 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9401 /* Not passed in memory. */
9402 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
9403 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9404 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
9405 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9406 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9407 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9408 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9411 /* Big endian correction check. */
9413 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9414 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9417 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9418 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9420 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9421 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9425 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9427 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9428 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9429 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9430 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9434 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9435 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9436 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9437 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9439 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9440 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9441 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9442 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9444 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9445 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9446 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9447 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9448 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9450 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9452 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9453 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9454 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9455 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9456 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9457 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init));
9459 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9460 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9461 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9462 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9463 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9465 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9466 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9467 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9468 if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
9473 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
9475 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
9478 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9479 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9480 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9482 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9487 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
9488 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9489 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9490 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9491 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9492 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9493 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9494 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9495 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9496 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9499 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
9504 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9506 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9508 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
9511 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
9512 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9515 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9518 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9519 don't emit anything. */
9529 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9530 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
9534 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl))
9536 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9537 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9538 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9539 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9540 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl, 1);
9547 descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
9549 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9557 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9558 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9559 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9562 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
9566 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9567 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9569 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
9570 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9575 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9578 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
9579 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9580 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
9582 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9583 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
9584 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
9591 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9592 the value of the attribute. */
9595 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
9597 const char *name_string;
9599 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
9601 if (demangle_name_func)
9602 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
9604 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
9608 /* Generate an DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9611 add_comp_dir_attribute (die)
9614 const char *wd = getpwd ();
9616 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
9619 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9620 a representation for that bound. */
9623 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
9624 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9625 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
9628 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
9633 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9635 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
9636 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
9637 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
9638 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
9639 /* use the default */
9642 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
9647 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9648 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9649 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
9653 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9654 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9655 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9656 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9657 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9658 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9659 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9660 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9661 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9662 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9663 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9664 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9665 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9666 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9667 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9668 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9669 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9670 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9672 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9673 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9674 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9675 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
9676 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
9678 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9679 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9680 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9682 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9683 it references an outer function's frame. */
9684 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9686 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9688 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9689 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9692 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9693 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9694 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location,
9695 loc_descriptor (loc));
9696 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9699 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9705 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9707 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9708 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9709 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9710 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9712 if (decl_die != NULL)
9713 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9719 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9720 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9722 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9723 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9725 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9729 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9730 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9732 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9734 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9735 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9736 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9737 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9738 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9740 bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
9741 current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
9743 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9744 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9745 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9746 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9748 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9754 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9755 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9758 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
9759 dw_die_ref type_die;
9762 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9763 unsigned dimension_number;
9766 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9768 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9769 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9770 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9771 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9772 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9773 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9774 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9775 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9777 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9778 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9779 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9780 gen_array_type_die. */
9781 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9782 for (dimension_number = 0;
9783 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
9784 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
9787 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9789 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9790 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9792 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
9795 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9796 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
9797 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
9799 /* define the index type. */
9800 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
9802 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9803 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9804 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9805 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
9806 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
9807 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9808 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
9811 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
9815 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9816 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9818 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9819 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9820 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9822 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
9824 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
9827 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9828 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9834 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
9840 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
9848 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9849 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
9852 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9853 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9854 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9855 even for bit-fields. */
9856 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9862 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9863 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9864 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9865 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9866 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
9869 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9870 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9871 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9874 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9875 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9876 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9877 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9878 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9879 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9881 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9882 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9883 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9886 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
9890 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
9891 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9892 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9893 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
9894 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
9895 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
9897 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9899 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
9902 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9903 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9904 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9905 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
9906 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9909 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9911 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9912 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9913 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9914 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9915 below must take account of these differences. */
9916 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
9917 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
9919 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9921 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
9922 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9926 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9927 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
9928 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
9930 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
9933 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9934 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9937 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
9941 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9942 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
9943 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9946 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9947 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
9950 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9951 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9954 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
9958 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
9959 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
9960 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
9963 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9964 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9968 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
9972 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
9974 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9976 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9977 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9978 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9980 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9981 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9985 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
9987 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
9989 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
9992 if (DECL_P (origin))
9993 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
9994 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
9995 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
9997 if (origin_die == NULL)
10000 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10003 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10006 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
10010 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10012 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10014 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10015 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10016 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10017 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10020 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10021 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10022 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10023 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10027 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10030 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
10034 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10036 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10037 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10040 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10041 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10044 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
10050 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10051 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10053 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10054 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10055 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10057 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10058 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10059 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10060 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10061 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10062 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10065 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10066 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10067 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10068 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10070 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10071 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10072 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10077 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10080 push_decl_scope (scope)
10083 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10086 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10091 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
10094 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10097 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10098 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10099 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10100 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10101 the current active scope. */
10104 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
10106 dw_die_ref context_die;
10108 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10109 tree containing_scope;
10112 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10116 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10118 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10119 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10120 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10122 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10123 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10124 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10125 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10126 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10128 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10129 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10130 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10132 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10133 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10134 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10135 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10136 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10141 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10142 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
10145 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10146 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10149 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10152 scope_die = context_die;
10157 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10160 local_scope_p (context_die)
10161 dw_die_ref context_die;
10163 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10164 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10165 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10171 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10174 class_scope_p (context_die)
10175 dw_die_ref context_die;
10177 return (context_die
10178 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10179 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
10182 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10183 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10184 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10187 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
10188 dw_die_ref object_die;
10192 dw_die_ref context_die;
10194 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10195 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10197 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10198 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10199 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10200 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10201 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10202 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10203 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10205 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10206 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10207 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10208 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10209 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10212 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10213 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10214 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10217 if (type_die != NULL)
10218 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10221 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10222 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10223 was declared without a tag. */
10225 static const char *
10229 const char *name = 0;
10231 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10235 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10236 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10237 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10239 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10240 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10242 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10243 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10244 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10246 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10248 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10251 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10254 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10255 for bit field types. */
10258 member_declared_type (member)
10261 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10262 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10265 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10266 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10269 static const char *
10270 decl_start_label (decl)
10274 const char *fnname;
10276 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10277 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
10281 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
10284 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10289 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10290 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10291 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10294 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
10296 dw_die_ref context_die;
10298 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10299 dw_die_ref array_die;
10302 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10303 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10304 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10305 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10306 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10309 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10310 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10311 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10313 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10315 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10316 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10317 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10318 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10322 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10323 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10324 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10325 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10326 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10327 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10328 for multidimensional arrays. */
10329 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10332 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10333 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10334 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10335 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10336 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10339 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10341 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10342 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10344 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10345 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10346 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10347 add_subscript_info. */
10348 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10349 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10350 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10352 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10355 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10359 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
10361 dw_die_ref context_die;
10363 dw_die_ref type_die
10364 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10366 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10367 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10372 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
10374 dw_die_ref context_die;
10376 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10377 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10379 if (origin != NULL)
10380 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10383 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10384 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10385 0, 0, context_die);
10388 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10389 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10391 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10395 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10396 emit full debugging info for them. */
10399 retry_incomplete_types ()
10403 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10404 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10407 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10410 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
10412 dw_die_ref context_die;
10414 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10416 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10417 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10418 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10421 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10424 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
10426 dw_die_ref context_die;
10428 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10430 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10431 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10432 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10435 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10438 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10440 dw_die_ref context_die;
10442 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10444 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10445 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10446 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10449 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10450 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10451 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10455 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
10457 dw_die_ref context_die;
10459 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10461 if (type_die == NULL)
10463 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10464 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10465 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10466 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10468 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10471 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10473 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10474 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10475 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10476 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10480 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10481 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10482 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10483 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10485 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10486 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10487 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10488 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10490 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
10491 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10493 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10495 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10496 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10498 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
10500 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
10501 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10502 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10504 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10505 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10510 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10513 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10514 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10517 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10518 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10519 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10520 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10521 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10522 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10523 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10524 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10527 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
10529 dw_die_ref context_die;
10531 dw_die_ref parm_die
10532 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
10535 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
10538 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
10539 if (origin != NULL)
10540 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
10543 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
10544 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
10545 TREE_READONLY (node),
10546 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
10548 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
10549 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10552 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
10553 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
10554 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
10559 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10560 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
10570 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10571 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10574 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
10576 dw_die_ref context_die;
10578 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
10581 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10582 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10583 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10584 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10587 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
10588 tree function_or_method_type;
10589 dw_die_ref context_die;
10592 tree formal_type = NULL;
10593 tree first_parm_type;
10596 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10598 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
10599 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
10604 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10606 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10607 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10608 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
10610 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10612 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
10613 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
10616 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10617 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
10618 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
10619 && link == first_parm_type)
10620 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
10621 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10623 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
10625 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
10628 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10629 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10630 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
10631 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
10633 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10634 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10635 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10636 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
10637 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10638 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
10641 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10642 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10643 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10644 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10645 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10648 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
10650 dw_die_ref context_die;
10652 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10654 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10655 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10656 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
10657 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
10659 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
10662 push_decl_scope (type);
10663 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10664 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10666 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10672 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10673 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10676 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
10679 dw_die_ref old_die;
10682 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
10684 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10685 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
10687 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10688 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10689 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10692 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10693 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10694 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10696 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10698 gen_type_die_for_member
10699 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10702 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10703 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10704 current_function_decl = decl;
10706 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10707 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10708 if (! was_abstract)
10709 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10711 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10714 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10718 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
10720 dw_die_ref context_die;
10722 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10723 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10724 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10728 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10729 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10730 || class_scope_p (context_die));
10732 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10733 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10734 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10735 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10736 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10738 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10739 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
10746 if (origin != NULL)
10748 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10751 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10752 inline function. */
10753 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10754 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10756 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10757 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10761 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10763 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10764 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10765 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10766 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10767 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10769 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10770 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10771 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10772 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10773 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10779 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10780 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10781 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10782 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10783 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10784 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10785 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10786 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10787 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10788 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10789 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10790 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10792 subr_die = old_die;
10794 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10795 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10796 remove_children (subr_die);
10800 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10801 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10802 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10803 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10804 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10805 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10807 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10812 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10814 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10815 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10817 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
10818 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10820 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
10821 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10822 0, 0, context_die);
10825 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10826 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10827 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10829 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10830 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10831 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10832 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10837 if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10839 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10841 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10842 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10843 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10844 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10845 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10846 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10849 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10851 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
10853 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10854 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10855 We can't get this completely correct because information
10856 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10858 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
10859 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
10861 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
10864 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
10866 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10868 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
10870 if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10871 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10873 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
10874 current_function_funcdef_no);
10875 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
10876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10877 current_function_funcdef_no);
10878 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
10880 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
10881 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
10883 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10884 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10885 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
10888 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10889 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10890 variables is relative to one of them. */
10892 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
10893 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
10896 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10897 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10898 if (current_function_needs_context)
10899 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
10900 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl)));
10904 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10905 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10906 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10907 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10908 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10909 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10910 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10911 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10912 an ellipsis at the end. */
10914 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10915 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10916 its formal parameters. */
10917 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10919 else if (declaration)
10920 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
10923 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
10924 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
10927 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10928 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10929 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
10930 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10932 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
10933 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
10934 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10935 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
10937 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10940 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10941 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10942 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10943 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10944 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10945 parameters at all. */
10946 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10947 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
10949 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10950 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
10951 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10953 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10954 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10957 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10958 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10959 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10961 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10962 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10963 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10964 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10965 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10966 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10967 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10969 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10970 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10971 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10972 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10973 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10974 constructor function. */
10975 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
10977 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
10978 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
10980 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10981 if (current_function_has_inlines)
10983 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10984 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
10986 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10987 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
10994 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10997 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
10999 dw_die_ref context_die;
11001 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11002 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11004 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11005 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11006 || class_scope_p (context_die));
11008 if (origin != NULL)
11009 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11011 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11012 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11014 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11015 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11018 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11019 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
11020 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11022 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11023 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
11024 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11026 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
11028 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11029 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11031 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11032 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
11034 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
11035 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
11040 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11041 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11042 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11044 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11045 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11047 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11048 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11050 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11051 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11052 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11053 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11057 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11059 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11060 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11062 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11064 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11065 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11068 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11071 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11074 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
11076 dw_die_ref context_die;
11078 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11079 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11081 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11083 if (origin != NULL)
11084 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11086 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11088 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11089 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11092 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
11094 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11095 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
11096 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11097 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
11098 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
11099 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
11101 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11102 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11103 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11104 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11105 it if it ever does happen. */
11106 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
11109 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11110 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11115 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11118 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11120 dw_die_ref context_die;
11123 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11124 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11126 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11128 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11132 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11134 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11137 add_ranges (chain);
11138 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11145 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11146 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11147 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11148 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11149 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11150 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11154 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11157 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11160 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11162 dw_die_ref context_die;
11165 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11167 dw_die_ref subr_die
11168 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11169 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11170 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11172 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11173 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11175 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11176 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11177 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11178 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11179 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11180 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11181 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11182 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11183 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11186 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11187 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11188 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11189 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11190 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11191 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11192 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11193 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11194 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11195 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11196 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11198 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11201 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11204 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
11206 dw_die_ref context_die;
11208 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11210 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11211 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11212 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11215 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11217 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11218 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11219 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11222 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11223 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11225 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11226 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11228 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11229 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11230 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11231 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11235 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11236 Use modified_type_die instead.
11237 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11238 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11241 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
11243 dw_die_ref context_die;
11246 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11248 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11249 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11250 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11253 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11254 Use modified_type_die instead.
11255 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11256 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11259 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
11261 dw_die_ref context_die;
11264 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11266 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11267 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11268 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11272 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11275 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
11277 dw_die_ref context_die;
11280 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11281 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11283 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11284 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11285 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11286 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11289 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11292 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
11293 const char *filename;
11296 char producer[250];
11297 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11300 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11304 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11305 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
11306 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11309 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11311 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11312 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11313 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11314 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11315 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11316 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11317 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11318 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11319 strcat (producer, " -g");
11322 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11324 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11325 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11326 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11327 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
11328 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11329 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11330 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11331 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11332 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11333 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11335 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11337 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11341 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11344 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
11346 dw_die_ref context_die;
11348 dw_die_ref type_die
11349 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11351 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11353 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11354 TODO: add string length info. */
11356 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11357 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11361 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11364 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
11366 dw_die_ref context_die;
11368 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11370 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11371 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11373 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
11374 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11376 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
11377 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11378 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
11379 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11382 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11385 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
11387 dw_die_ref context_die;
11392 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11393 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11394 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11395 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11396 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11397 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11398 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11399 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11400 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11401 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11402 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11404 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11405 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
11407 tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
11408 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
11411 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
11412 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
11415 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11416 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11418 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11419 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11420 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11421 do put them in the right order. */
11423 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11425 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11427 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11430 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11431 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11433 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11434 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11437 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11439 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11441 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11445 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11446 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11447 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11450 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
11452 dw_die_ref context_die;
11454 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11455 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11457 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11458 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11459 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11461 if (type_die && ! complete)
11464 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11465 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11468 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11470 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11471 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11473 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11475 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11476 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11478 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11480 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
11482 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11485 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11487 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11488 then give a list of members. */
11491 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11492 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11493 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11494 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11495 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11496 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11498 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11499 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11500 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11501 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11503 push_decl_scope (type);
11504 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11507 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11508 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11510 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11512 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11513 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11514 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11519 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11521 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11522 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11523 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11524 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11528 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11531 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
11533 dw_die_ref context_die;
11535 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11536 dw_die_ref subr_die
11537 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11538 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11540 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
11541 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
11542 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11543 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
11546 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11549 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
11551 dw_die_ref context_die;
11553 dw_die_ref type_die;
11556 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11559 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
11560 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
11561 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11562 if (origin != NULL)
11563 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
11568 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
11569 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
11571 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
11573 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
11576 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
11579 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
11581 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
11582 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11585 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11586 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
11589 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11592 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
11594 dw_die_ref context_die;
11598 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11601 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11602 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11603 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11604 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11605 cloned type itself). */
11606 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
11607 type = type_main_variant (type);
11609 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11612 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11613 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11615 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11616 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == type)
11619 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11620 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
11624 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11630 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
11631 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11632 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11633 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11634 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11636 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11638 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11639 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11640 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11644 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11645 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11646 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
11648 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11649 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11651 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11653 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
11657 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
11658 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
11662 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11663 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11666 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
11667 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11668 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11669 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11673 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11674 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11675 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11679 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
11681 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11682 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
11685 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11689 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11692 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11695 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11696 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11697 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11698 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11699 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11700 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11701 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11702 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
11703 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11704 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11706 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
11708 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11711 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11712 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11713 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11719 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11720 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11722 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11727 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11728 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11729 when appropriate. */
11738 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11742 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11749 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11752 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11755 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
11757 dw_die_ref context_die;
11759 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11762 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11763 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11764 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11766 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11769 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11770 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11772 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11777 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11778 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11782 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11786 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11787 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11795 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11796 things which are local to the given block. */
11799 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11801 dw_die_ref context_die;
11804 int must_output_die = 0;
11807 enum tree_code origin_code;
11809 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11810 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11811 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11814 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11815 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11816 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11817 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
11821 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
11822 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
11827 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11828 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11829 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11830 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11831 the current block. */
11832 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11833 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
11835 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11837 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11838 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11839 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11840 must_output_die = 1;
11843 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11844 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11845 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11846 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11847 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11848 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11849 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11850 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
11852 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11853 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11854 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11855 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11856 as being a "significant" one. */
11857 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
11859 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11860 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11861 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
11862 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11863 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11864 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11866 must_output_die = 1;
11872 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11873 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11874 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11875 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11876 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11877 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11878 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11879 if (must_output_die)
11881 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11882 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11884 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11887 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
11890 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11891 all of its sub-blocks. */
11894 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
11896 dw_die_ref context_die;
11902 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11903 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
11906 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11907 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11908 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11909 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11910 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11914 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11915 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11916 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11917 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11921 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
11922 add_child_die (context_die, die);
11924 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11927 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11928 therein) of this block. */
11929 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
11931 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
11932 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
11935 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11938 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
11941 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11944 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11945 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
11946 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11947 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
11948 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
11949 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11955 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11958 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
11960 dw_die_ref context_die;
11964 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11967 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11973 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11974 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11977 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11978 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11979 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11980 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
11981 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
11984 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11985 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
11986 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
11988 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11989 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11990 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11991 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
11992 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11993 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11994 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11995 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11997 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11998 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12001 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12002 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12004 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12005 have described its return type. */
12006 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12008 /* And its virtual context. */
12009 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12010 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12012 /* And its containing type. */
12013 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12014 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12015 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12018 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12019 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12023 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12024 actual typedefs. */
12025 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12028 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12029 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12030 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12031 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12032 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12033 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12034 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12036 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12040 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12041 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12043 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12044 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12048 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12049 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12053 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12054 variable declarations or definitions. */
12055 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12058 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12060 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12062 /* And its containing type. */
12063 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12064 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12065 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12067 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12068 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12069 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12071 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12072 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12073 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12075 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12079 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12080 anonymous unions. */
12081 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12082 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
12084 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12085 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12090 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12091 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12094 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12095 /* Ignore for now. */
12103 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12106 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
12107 const char *filename;
12108 const char *context_list;
12110 unsigned int file_index;
12112 if (filename != NULL)
12114 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12115 tree context_list_decl
12116 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12119 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12120 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12121 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12122 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12123 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12127 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12128 compilation proper has finished. */
12131 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl)
12134 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12135 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12136 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12137 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12138 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12139 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12142 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12145 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
12148 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12150 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12155 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12156 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12157 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12158 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12159 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
12162 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12163 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12164 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12165 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12166 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12167 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12168 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12169 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12170 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12171 with the definition of the function.
12173 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12174 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12175 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12176 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12177 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12178 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12179 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12180 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12181 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12182 that they *are* definitions).
12184 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12185 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12186 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12187 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12188 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12189 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12192 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12193 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12194 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12195 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12196 context_die = NULL;
12200 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12201 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12202 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12203 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12204 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12205 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12206 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12207 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12208 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12211 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12212 variable declarations or definitions. */
12213 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12218 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12219 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12222 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12223 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12224 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
12226 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12227 comparisons have. */
12228 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12229 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12230 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12231 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12232 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12237 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12238 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12241 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12242 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12243 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12244 context_die = NULL;
12252 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12255 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12256 a lexical block. */
12259 dwarf2out_begin_block (line, blocknum)
12260 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12261 unsigned int blocknum;
12263 function_section (current_function_decl);
12264 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12267 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12271 dwarf2out_end_block (line, blocknum)
12272 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12273 unsigned int blocknum;
12275 function_section (current_function_decl);
12276 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12279 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12280 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12282 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12283 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12284 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12287 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
12292 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12293 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12294 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12300 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12301 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12302 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12303 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12304 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12305 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12306 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12307 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12308 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12312 lookup_filename (file_name)
12313 const char *file_name;
12316 char *save_file_name;
12318 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
12319 if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
12320 || strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
12323 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12324 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12325 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
12328 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
12329 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
12330 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
12333 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12334 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
12335 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
12336 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
12338 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
12342 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12343 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
12344 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
12345 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
12347 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12349 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", i);
12350 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file, file_name);
12351 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
12360 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12361 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
12363 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12364 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
12365 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
12368 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12369 and record information relating to this source line, in
12370 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12373 dwarf2out_source_line (line, filename)
12375 const char *filename;
12377 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12379 function_section (current_function_decl);
12381 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12382 if (flag_debug_asm)
12383 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
12386 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12388 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12390 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12391 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
12393 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12394 line_info_table_in_use++;
12396 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12397 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12398 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
12400 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12402 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
12403 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12404 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
12406 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12407 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12408 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
12410 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12411 separate_line_info_table
12412 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
12413 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
12414 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12415 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
12416 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12417 + separate_line_info_table_in_use),
12419 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12420 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
12423 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12425 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
12426 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12427 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12428 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
12432 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
12434 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12435 line_info_table_in_use);
12437 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12438 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
12440 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12442 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
12443 (line_info_table_allocated
12444 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
12445 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
12446 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12449 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12450 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
12451 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12452 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12457 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12460 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno, filename)
12461 unsigned int lineno;
12462 const char *filename;
12464 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && !is_main_source)
12466 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12467 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
12469 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12470 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
12473 is_main_source = 0;
12475 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12477 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12478 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
12479 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
12481 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
12482 "Filename we just started");
12486 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12489 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno)
12490 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12492 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12493 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12494 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12496 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12498 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12499 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12503 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12504 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12505 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12508 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
12509 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12510 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12512 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12514 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12515 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
12516 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12517 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12521 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12522 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12523 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12526 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
12527 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12528 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12530 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12532 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
12534 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12535 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12539 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12542 dwarf2out_init (input_filename)
12543 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12545 init_file_table ();
12547 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12548 decl_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12549 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12550 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12551 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
12553 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12554 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12556 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12557 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12558 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12559 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12560 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12561 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
12563 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12564 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12565 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12566 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12568 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12569 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
12571 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12572 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12573 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12574 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12575 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12576 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12577 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
12578 is_main_source = 1;
12580 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
12582 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12584 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12585 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
12586 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12587 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12588 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12590 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
12592 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
12593 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12594 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
12595 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
12597 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12598 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
12600 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12601 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
12602 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
12605 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12607 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12608 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
12609 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12610 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
12613 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12616 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
12620 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12621 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12624 output_indirect_string (h, v)
12626 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12628 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
12630 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
12632 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
12633 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
12634 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
12640 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12641 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12644 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename)
12645 const char *input_filename;
12647 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
12648 dw_die_ref die = 0;
12650 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12651 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12652 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, input_filename);
12653 if (input_filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
12654 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
12656 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12657 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12658 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12659 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12661 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
12663 next_node = node->next;
12666 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
12668 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
12672 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
12673 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
12675 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12676 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12677 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12678 else if (node->created_for
12679 && TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
12680 && 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
12682 (node->created_for)))))
12683 add_child_die (origin, die);
12684 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
12685 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12686 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
12687 else if (node->created_for
12688 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
12689 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
12690 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
12691 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
12692 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12694 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12695 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12696 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12697 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12698 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12699 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
12702 add_child_die (origin, die);
12709 limbo_die_list = NULL;
12711 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12712 emit full debugging info for them. */
12713 retry_incomplete_types ();
12715 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12716 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12717 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
12719 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12720 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12721 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12722 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
12724 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12725 that have children. */
12726 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
12727 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12728 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
12730 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12732 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12734 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12735 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12736 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12737 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12738 examining the file. */
12739 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12741 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12742 output_line_info ();
12745 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12746 if (have_location_lists)
12748 /* Output the location lists info. */
12749 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12750 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
12751 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12752 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
12753 output_location_lists (die);
12754 have_location_lists = 0;
12757 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12759 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
12761 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
12762 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
12765 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12766 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12767 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
12768 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
12770 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12771 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
12772 debug_line_section_label);
12774 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12775 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
12777 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12778 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12779 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12780 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
12782 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
12784 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12785 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12786 output_abbrev_section ();
12788 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12789 if (pubname_table_in_use)
12791 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12792 output_pubnames ();
12795 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12796 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12797 if (fde_table_in_use)
12799 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12803 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12804 if (ranges_table_in_use)
12806 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12807 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
12811 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12812 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12814 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12815 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12816 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
12819 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12821 if (debug_str_hash)
12822 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
12826 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
12827 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
12829 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12831 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"